1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
106 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
110 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
112 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
114 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
117 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
119 enum bptype type_wanted
);
121 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct linespec_result
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
130 const struct event_location
*location
,
131 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
132 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
134 static void clear_command (char *, int);
136 static void catch_command (char *, int);
138 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
140 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
142 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
144 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
148 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
150 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
152 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
153 struct symtab_and_line
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
157 static struct breakpoint
*
158 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
160 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
163 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
165 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
169 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
170 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
171 struct obj_section
*, int);
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
174 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
177 struct address_space
*aspace
,
180 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
181 struct address_space
*,
184 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
188 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
189 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
191 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
193 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
195 static void commands_command (char *, int);
197 static void condition_command (char *, int);
199 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
200 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
202 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
204 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
206 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
208 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
212 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
214 int *other_type_used
);
216 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
223 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
238 insert locations now. */
239 enum ugll_insert_mode
241 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
242 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
243 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
244 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
245 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
246 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
247 returns true on them.
249 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
250 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
251 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
252 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
253 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
254 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
258 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
259 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
262 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
264 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
265 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
266 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
268 as no thread is running yet. */
272 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
274 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
276 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
278 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
280 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
282 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
290 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
292 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
294 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
296 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
299 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
302 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
303 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
557 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
558 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
560 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
561 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
563 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
564 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
566 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
568 current breakpoint. */
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
572 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
573 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
574 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
577 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
578 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
579 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
581 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
582 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
583 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
586 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
587 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
588 to where the loop should start from.
589 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
590 appropriate location to start with. */
592 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
593 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
594 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
596 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
597 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
600 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
602 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
603 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
604 if (is_tracepoint (B))
606 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
608 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
610 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
612 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
614 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
616 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
618 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
619 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
620 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
621 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
622 an address you need to read. */
624 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
626 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
627 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
628 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
629 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
630 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
632 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
634 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
635 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
637 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
639 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
641 static int breakpoint_count
;
643 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
644 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
645 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
646 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
647 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
651 static int tracepoint_count
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
654 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
655 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
657 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
660 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
663 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
667 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
674 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
676 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
678 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
681 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
684 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
686 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
687 breakpoint_count
= num
;
688 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
691 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
692 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
693 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
695 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
699 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
701 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
704 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
708 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
710 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
713 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
716 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
718 struct breakpoint
*b
;
724 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
725 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
727 static struct counted_command_line
*
728 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
730 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
733 result
->commands
= commands
;
738 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
741 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
747 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
748 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
749 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
752 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
758 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
765 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
768 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
770 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
773 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
776 static struct cleanup
*
777 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
779 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
783 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
784 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
787 get_breakpoint (int num
)
789 struct breakpoint
*b
;
792 if (b
->number
== num
)
800 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
806 struct bp_location
*loc
;
808 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
809 evaluating conditions and if the user has
810 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
816 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
819 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
820 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
823 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
824 evaluating conditions on its side. */
827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
829 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
830 evaluating conditions and if the user has
831 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
838 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
841 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
844 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
845 condition_evaluation_mode. */
848 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
851 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
853 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
854 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
856 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
857 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
858 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
862 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
863 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
865 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
866 settings was "auto". */
867 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
869 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
870 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
872 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
873 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
874 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
876 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
877 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
880 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
882 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
885 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
889 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
890 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
891 target knows about. */
892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
893 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
894 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
898 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
904 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
905 what "auto" is translating to. */
908 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
909 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
911 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
912 fprintf_filtered (file
,
913 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
914 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
916 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
918 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
922 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
923 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
924 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
927 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
929 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
930 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
932 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
935 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
938 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
939 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
940 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
943 static struct bp_location
**
944 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
946 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
948 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
950 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
951 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
952 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
954 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
955 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
956 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
957 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
958 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
960 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
961 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
964 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
965 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
966 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
967 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
974 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
977 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
978 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
980 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
982 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
984 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
988 struct bp_location
*loc
;
990 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
994 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
995 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
996 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1003 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1007 const char *arg
= exp
;
1009 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1010 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1011 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1012 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1014 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1016 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1018 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1020 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1022 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1023 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1027 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1029 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1033 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1034 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1036 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1040 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1042 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1045 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1047 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1048 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1049 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1053 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1054 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1058 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1059 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1063 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1064 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1066 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1069 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1070 len
= strlen (text
);
1076 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1078 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1079 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1085 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1086 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1087 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1090 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1093 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1095 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1100 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1103 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1105 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1108 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1110 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1111 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1112 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1113 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1114 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1116 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1118 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1119 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1120 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1122 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1124 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1125 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1130 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1133 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1134 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1135 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1140 struct command_line
*c
;
1142 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1146 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1147 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1148 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1150 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1151 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1153 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1154 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1155 command directly. */
1156 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1157 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1159 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1160 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1164 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1167 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1169 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1171 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1175 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1177 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1180 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1181 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1185 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1186 struct command_line
*commands
)
1188 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1190 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1191 struct command_line
*c
;
1192 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1194 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1195 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1199 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1200 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1201 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1202 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1203 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1204 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1205 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1206 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1207 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1208 tracepoint's context. */
1209 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1211 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1213 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1216 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1217 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1218 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "can be used only once"));
1227 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1231 struct command_line
*c2
;
1233 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1234 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1235 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1237 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1238 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1244 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1248 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1249 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1252 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1254 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1255 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1256 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1259 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1261 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1262 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1263 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1269 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1270 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1273 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1274 struct command_line
*commands
)
1276 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1278 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1279 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1280 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1283 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1284 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1288 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1290 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1293 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1297 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1298 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1301 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1303 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1306 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1307 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1310 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1311 breakpoint work for any task. */
1314 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1316 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1319 if (old_task
!= task
)
1320 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1324 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1326 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1328 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1331 /* A structure used to pass information through
1332 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1334 struct commands_info
1336 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1339 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1342 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1343 already-parsed command. */
1344 struct command_line
*control
;
1346 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1348 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1351 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1352 commands_command. */
1355 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1357 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1359 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1361 struct command_line
*l
;
1363 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1364 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1367 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1370 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1371 "%s, one per line."),
1374 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1376 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1379 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1382 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1385 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1388 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1390 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1392 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1393 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1394 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1395 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1396 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1401 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1402 struct command_line
*control
)
1404 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1405 struct commands_info info
;
1407 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1408 info
.control
= control
;
1410 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1411 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1412 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1414 std::string new_arg
;
1416 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1418 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1419 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1421 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1422 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1427 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1429 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1431 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1432 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1434 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1438 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1440 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1443 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1444 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1446 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1447 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1448 enum command_control_type
1449 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1451 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1452 return simple_control
;
1455 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1458 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1460 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1464 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1465 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1470 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1471 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1474 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1475 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1476 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1479 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1480 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1481 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1482 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1483 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1485 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1486 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1490 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1491 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1493 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1497 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1499 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1500 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1502 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1504 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1509 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1511 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1516 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1517 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1519 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1520 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1521 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1527 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1528 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1531 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1533 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1534 shadow_contents buffer. */
1535 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1536 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1537 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1539 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1541 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1542 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1546 const unsigned char *bp
;
1547 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1550 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1551 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1552 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1554 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1556 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1558 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1559 breakpoint's INSN. */
1560 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1564 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1565 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1567 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1568 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1569 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1571 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1572 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1573 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1574 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1575 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1576 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1577 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1578 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1580 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1583 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1584 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1585 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1587 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1589 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1591 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1592 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1593 report higher one. */
1596 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1597 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1599 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1601 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1602 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1604 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1605 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1606 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1607 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1609 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1610 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1611 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1613 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1615 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1622 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1623 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1624 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1625 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1626 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1629 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1631 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1632 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1633 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1636 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1639 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1641 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1643 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1645 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1646 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1647 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1650 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1653 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1654 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1655 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1658 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1661 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1662 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1668 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1672 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1674 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1675 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1676 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1679 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1682 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1684 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1685 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1686 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1689 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1693 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1695 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1696 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1699 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1700 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1701 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1702 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1703 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1704 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1705 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1706 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1709 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1711 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1712 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1713 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1714 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1717 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1718 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1721 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1723 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1725 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1727 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1728 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1729 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1730 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1731 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1733 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1736 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1739 static struct value
*
1740 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1742 struct value
*bit_val
;
1747 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1749 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1752 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1759 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1760 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1761 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1762 to be able to report stops. */
1765 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1766 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1768 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1770 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1771 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1772 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1773 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1776 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1777 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1780 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1782 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1784 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1785 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1786 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1789 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1790 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1791 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1792 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1794 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1796 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1797 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1800 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1801 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1802 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1803 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1804 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1805 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1806 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1807 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1809 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1810 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1811 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1812 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1813 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1814 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1815 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1816 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1819 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1820 hardware watchpoints:
1822 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1823 called several times when GDB stops.
1826 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1827 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1828 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1829 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1830 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1831 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1832 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1833 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1834 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1835 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1836 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1838 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1839 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1842 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1844 int within_current_scope
;
1845 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1848 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1849 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1850 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1851 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1854 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1859 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1860 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1861 within_current_scope
= 1;
1864 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1865 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1866 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1868 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1869 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1870 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1871 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1872 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1875 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1876 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1877 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1878 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1881 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1883 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1884 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1885 if (within_current_scope
)
1889 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1890 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1891 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1894 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1899 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1900 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1901 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1902 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1903 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1904 be completely different objects. */
1905 value_free (b
->val
);
1909 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1910 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1911 locations (re)created below. */
1912 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1914 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1916 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1917 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1921 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1922 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1923 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1924 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1925 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1926 if (!target_has_execution
)
1928 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1929 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1930 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1931 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1933 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1934 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1936 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1937 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1940 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1943 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1944 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1946 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1948 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1949 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1950 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1951 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1952 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1954 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1956 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1958 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1966 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1968 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1969 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1971 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1972 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1973 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1974 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1975 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1976 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1977 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1979 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1981 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1982 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1983 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1985 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1986 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1989 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1990 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1991 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1993 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1995 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1997 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1998 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2000 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2002 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2003 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2004 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2005 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2006 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2009 addr
= value_address (v
);
2012 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2017 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2019 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2022 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2023 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2026 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2028 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2029 loc
->address
= addr
;
2033 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2034 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2037 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2039 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2044 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2045 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2046 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2051 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2052 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2054 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2058 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2061 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2062 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2063 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2065 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2066 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2067 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2068 this watchpoint in as well. */
2070 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2071 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2072 hardware watchpoint type. */
2073 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2074 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2075 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2077 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2078 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2079 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2080 through watch_command), so always account for it
2083 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2084 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2086 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2087 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2090 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2091 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2093 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2095 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2096 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2097 "hardware watchpoint."));
2098 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2099 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2100 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2102 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2103 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2107 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2108 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2109 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2111 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2114 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2116 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2117 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2118 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2120 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2121 "read/access watchpoint."));
2124 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2126 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2127 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2128 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2129 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2132 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2134 next
= value_next (v
);
2139 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2140 above left it without any location set up. But,
2141 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2142 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2143 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2144 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2146 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2148 printf_filtered (_("\
2149 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2150 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2152 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2155 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2157 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2161 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2162 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2163 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2164 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2165 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2167 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2169 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2172 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2175 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2178 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2181 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2182 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2183 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2184 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2185 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2186 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2187 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2188 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2189 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2192 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2193 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2194 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2196 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2197 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2198 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2200 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2201 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2202 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2203 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2204 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2205 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2206 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2207 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2208 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2212 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2213 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2214 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2215 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2220 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2221 instruction that triggered one. */
2222 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2223 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2227 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2228 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2229 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2230 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2239 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2240 that the location is not duplicated. */
2243 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2246 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2249 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2250 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2254 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2255 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2256 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2257 any error during parsing. */
2259 static agent_expr_up
2260 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2265 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2267 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2268 that may show up. */
2271 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2274 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2276 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2277 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2278 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2282 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2286 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2287 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2288 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2289 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2290 one of them is true. */
2293 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2295 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2296 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2297 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2298 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2300 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2301 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2303 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2304 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2305 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2307 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2308 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2311 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2312 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2313 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2314 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2315 response back to GDB. */
2316 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2319 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2323 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2324 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2325 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2326 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2327 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2331 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2332 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2333 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2335 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2341 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2342 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2343 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2345 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2346 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2347 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2349 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2352 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2354 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2356 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2359 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2364 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2365 for this location's address. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2370 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2371 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2372 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2375 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2376 to send the conditions to the target. */
2377 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2384 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2385 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2386 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2388 static agent_expr_up
2389 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2391 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2392 struct expression
**argvec
;
2393 const char *cmdrest
;
2394 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2395 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2397 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2404 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2406 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2408 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2409 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2411 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2413 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2415 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2417 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2419 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2420 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2422 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2424 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2425 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2427 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2429 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2431 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2433 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2434 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2437 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2442 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2443 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2445 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2449 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2451 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2452 that may show up. */
2455 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2456 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2457 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2459 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2461 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2462 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2463 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2467 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2469 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2473 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2474 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2475 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2478 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2480 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2481 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2482 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2483 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2485 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2486 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2488 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2491 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2492 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2495 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2496 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2497 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2502 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2503 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2504 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2508 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2509 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2510 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2511 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2512 response back to GDB. */
2513 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2516 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2520 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2521 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2522 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2523 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2525 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2526 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2529 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2530 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2531 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2533 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2539 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2541 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2546 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2547 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2549 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2551 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2554 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2559 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2560 for this location's address. */
2561 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2564 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2565 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2566 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2567 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2570 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2571 to send the commands to the target. */
2572 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2576 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2577 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2578 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2579 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2582 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2583 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2584 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2588 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2590 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2592 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2593 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2595 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2597 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2601 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2604 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2605 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2606 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2607 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2610 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2611 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2613 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2614 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2615 int *disabled_breaks
,
2616 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2617 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2619 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2620 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2622 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2625 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2626 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2627 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2628 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2629 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2630 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2631 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2632 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2633 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2634 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2635 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2636 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2638 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2639 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2640 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2641 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2643 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2645 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2646 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2647 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2648 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2651 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2652 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2654 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2656 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2657 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2658 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2660 Two important cases are:
2661 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2662 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2663 hardware breakpoint.
2664 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2665 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2666 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2669 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2670 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2671 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2672 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2674 struct mem_region
*mr
2675 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2679 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2681 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2683 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2684 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2686 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2688 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2690 static int said
= 0;
2692 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2695 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2696 _("Note: automatically using "
2697 "hardware breakpoints for "
2698 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2703 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2704 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2706 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2707 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2708 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2709 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2711 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2717 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2718 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2719 || bl
->section
== NULL
2720 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2722 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2727 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2729 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2731 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2734 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2740 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2741 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2742 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2744 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2745 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2746 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2747 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2748 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2752 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2754 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2755 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2756 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2758 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2763 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2764 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2765 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2766 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2767 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2769 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2771 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2774 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2778 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2779 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2780 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2781 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2785 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2786 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2788 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2793 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2795 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2797 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2800 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2806 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2807 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2812 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2814 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2816 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2817 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2818 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2819 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2820 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2821 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2822 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2823 errors as memory errors. */
2824 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2825 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2826 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2827 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2830 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2831 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2832 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2833 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2836 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2838 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2839 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2840 "library breakpoints:\n");
2842 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2844 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2849 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2851 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2852 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2853 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2854 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2855 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2856 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2857 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2861 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2864 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2865 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2866 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2868 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2869 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2871 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2872 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2876 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2877 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2892 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2893 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2894 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2895 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2899 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2900 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2902 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2904 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2905 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2906 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2908 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2910 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2911 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2913 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2915 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2916 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2920 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2921 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2928 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2929 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2932 /* Back to the original value. */
2933 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2937 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2940 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2944 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2945 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2947 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2950 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2954 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2955 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2957 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2960 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2962 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2963 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2964 so just return success. */
2971 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2972 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2976 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2978 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2979 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2981 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2984 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2985 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2988 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2989 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2992 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2994 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2996 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2997 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2998 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3000 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3001 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3003 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3009 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3010 removed locations above. */
3011 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3014 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3015 Throws exception on any error.
3016 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3017 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3019 insert_breakpoints (void)
3021 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3023 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3024 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3026 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3028 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3031 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3032 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3033 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3034 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3037 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3040 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3042 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3044 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3046 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3050 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3051 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3052 always-inserted mode. */
3055 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3057 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3060 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3061 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3062 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3064 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3065 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3067 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3068 there was an error. */
3069 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3071 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3073 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3075 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3077 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3080 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3081 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3082 deletion of breakpoints. */
3083 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3086 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3088 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3089 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3090 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3091 insert breakpoints. */
3092 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3093 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3096 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3097 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3104 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3105 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3108 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3111 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3114 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3116 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3117 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3120 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3121 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3122 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3124 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3125 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3127 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3128 there was an error. */
3129 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3131 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3133 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3135 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3138 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3139 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3140 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3141 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3142 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3145 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3147 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3148 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3149 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3150 insert breakpoints. */
3151 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3152 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3155 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3156 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3161 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3162 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3163 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3165 int some_failed
= 0;
3166 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3168 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3171 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3174 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3177 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3178 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3185 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3187 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3189 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3190 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3191 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3199 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3200 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3201 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3203 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3204 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3205 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3207 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3208 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3211 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3214 /* Used when the program stops.
3215 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3216 removing a breakpoint location. */
3219 remove_breakpoints (void)
3221 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3224 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3226 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3227 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3232 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3236 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3238 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3240 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3242 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3244 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3246 printf_filtered (_("\
3247 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3248 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3250 /* Hide it from the user. */
3256 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3259 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3261 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3263 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3265 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3267 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3270 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3272 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3281 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3283 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3284 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3286 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3287 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3288 struct inferior
*inf
;
3289 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3291 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3295 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3296 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3298 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3300 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3301 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3303 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3305 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3311 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3314 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3323 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3325 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3326 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3327 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3328 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3329 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3330 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3332 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3335 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3338 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3339 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3343 static struct breakpoint
*
3344 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3345 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3346 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3348 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3349 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3351 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3354 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3355 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3357 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3358 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3359 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3364 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3366 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3368 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3370 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3371 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3373 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3374 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3376 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3377 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3379 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3380 int longjmp_searched
;
3382 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3383 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3385 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3386 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3388 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3389 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3391 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3392 int exception_searched
;
3394 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3395 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3398 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3400 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3401 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3403 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3406 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3408 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3411 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3412 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3414 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3415 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3417 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3419 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3420 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3421 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3424 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3426 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3427 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3429 return bp_objfile_data
;
3433 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3435 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3436 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3438 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3439 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3443 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3445 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3446 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3448 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3450 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3451 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3453 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3455 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3457 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3460 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3462 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3464 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3465 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3467 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3468 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3471 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3474 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3475 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3477 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3478 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3479 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3480 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3482 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3484 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3485 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3489 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3490 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3496 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3498 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3499 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3501 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3503 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3505 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3507 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3509 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3512 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3513 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3515 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3517 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3519 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3523 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3526 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3527 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3529 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3531 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3532 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3533 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3537 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3538 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3541 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3544 struct probe
*probe
;
3545 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3548 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3549 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3553 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3555 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3556 get_probe_address (probe
,
3559 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3561 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3562 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3568 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3571 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3573 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3574 const char *func_name
;
3576 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3578 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3581 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3582 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3584 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3586 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3587 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3589 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3590 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3593 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3596 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3597 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3598 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3599 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3600 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3601 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3602 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3607 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3610 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3612 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3614 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3615 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3616 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3618 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3620 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3622 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3625 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3627 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3629 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3630 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3631 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3633 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3635 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3638 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3640 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3642 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3643 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3644 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3646 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3647 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3650 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3653 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3654 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3655 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3656 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3657 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3658 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3659 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3660 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3664 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3667 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3670 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3672 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3673 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3675 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3678 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3679 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3681 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3683 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3685 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3686 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3690 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3694 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3695 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3697 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3699 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3700 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3701 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3705 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3706 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3709 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3711 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3713 struct probe
*probe
;
3716 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3717 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3721 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3723 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3724 get_probe_address (probe
,
3726 bp_exception_master
,
3727 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3729 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3730 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3736 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3738 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3741 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3743 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3745 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3747 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3748 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3750 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3754 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3757 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3758 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3760 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3761 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3762 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3763 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3764 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3765 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3769 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3772 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3774 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
);
3778 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3780 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3781 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3783 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3784 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3785 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3786 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3787 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3788 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3789 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3790 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3792 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3793 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3795 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3797 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3800 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3801 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3803 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3807 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3808 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3810 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3814 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3815 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3816 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3817 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3818 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3820 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3824 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3825 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3827 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3831 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3832 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3834 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3838 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3840 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3841 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3842 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3844 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3848 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3850 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3851 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3852 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3853 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3857 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3858 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3859 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3860 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3861 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3862 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3864 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3865 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3866 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3867 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3868 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3869 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3870 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3872 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3873 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3874 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3875 let finish_command delete it.
3877 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3878 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3879 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3880 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3881 solib breakpoints.) */
3883 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3888 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3889 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3891 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3893 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3900 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3902 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3904 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3905 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3907 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3908 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3910 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3911 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3912 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3914 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3917 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3918 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3919 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3920 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3921 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3922 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3923 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3927 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3930 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3934 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3935 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3936 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3937 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3938 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3941 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3945 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3946 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3948 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3949 This should not ever happen. */
3950 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3952 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3953 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3955 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3956 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3957 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3959 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3960 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3961 || bl
->section
== NULL
3962 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3964 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3966 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3967 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3968 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3969 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3970 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3971 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3972 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3973 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3974 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3975 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3976 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3977 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3978 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3979 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3980 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3981 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3982 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3983 they should always be removed. */
3984 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3985 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3986 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3989 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3993 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3994 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3995 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3997 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3998 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4000 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4001 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4002 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4003 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4004 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4006 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4007 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4010 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4011 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4014 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4015 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4016 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4017 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4019 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4020 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4021 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4022 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4023 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4024 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4030 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4035 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4036 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4037 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4038 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4039 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4040 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4041 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4042 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4043 always-inserted mode. */
4045 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4046 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4047 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4048 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4054 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4056 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4058 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4059 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4061 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4062 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4064 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4065 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4066 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4069 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4070 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4073 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4074 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4076 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4080 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4087 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4090 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4092 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4093 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4095 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4096 This should not ever happen. */
4097 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4099 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4101 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4103 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4105 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4109 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4112 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4114 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4116 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4117 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4121 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4122 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4124 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4127 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4128 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4129 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4134 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4136 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4137 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4139 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4141 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4143 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4146 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4148 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4150 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4156 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4158 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4159 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4162 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4164 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4166 case bp_shlib_event
:
4168 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4169 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4170 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4171 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4172 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4174 (gdb) file prog-linux
4175 (gdb) run # native linux target
4178 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4179 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4182 case bp_step_resume
:
4184 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4186 case bp_single_step
:
4188 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4190 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4194 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4195 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4196 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4198 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4200 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4201 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4202 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4205 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4206 valid. New ones will be created in
4207 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4208 The next update_global_location_list call will
4209 garbage collect them. */
4212 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4214 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4215 insert_breakpoints. */
4217 value_free (w
->val
);
4229 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4230 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4231 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4232 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4235 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4236 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4237 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4238 match, not program space. */
4240 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4241 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4242 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4243 permanent breakpoint.
4244 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4245 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4246 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4247 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4248 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4250 enum breakpoint_here
4251 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4253 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4254 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4256 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4258 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4259 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4262 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4263 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4265 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4267 if (overlay_debugging
4268 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4269 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4270 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4271 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4272 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4274 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4278 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4281 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4284 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4285 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4287 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4289 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4291 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4292 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4295 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4297 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4300 if (overlay_debugging
4301 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4302 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4304 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4315 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4318 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4320 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4323 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4324 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4330 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4334 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4335 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4338 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4341 if (overlay_debugging
4342 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4343 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4344 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4351 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4354 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4356 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4360 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4362 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4363 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4366 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4372 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4376 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4379 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4383 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4385 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4388 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4395 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4398 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4401 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4403 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4405 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4407 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4410 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4418 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4419 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4421 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4425 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4427 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4428 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4431 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4434 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4435 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4439 /* Check for intersection. */
4440 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4441 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4450 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4454 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4456 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4459 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4463 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4465 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4466 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4467 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4468 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4472 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4473 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4476 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4493 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4494 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4497 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4501 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4506 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4508 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4509 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4510 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4511 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4512 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4514 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4515 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4519 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4529 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4532 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4537 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4539 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4545 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4548 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4550 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4552 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4554 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4556 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4561 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4570 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4571 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4572 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4573 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4575 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4576 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4578 Return 1 otherwise. */
4581 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4583 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4586 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4588 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4589 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4590 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4591 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4592 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4594 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4596 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4600 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4603 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4605 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4608 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4611 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4615 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4617 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4619 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4621 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4627 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4630 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4632 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4634 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4636 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4637 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4638 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4639 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4640 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4644 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4647 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4650 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4652 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4655 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4656 or its equivalent. */
4659 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4661 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4664 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4665 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4666 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4667 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4669 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4670 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4671 bpstat of the current thread. */
4674 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4677 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4680 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4682 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4685 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4686 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4688 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4690 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4693 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4694 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4696 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4697 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4698 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4700 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4702 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4703 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4704 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4705 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4706 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4707 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4708 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4709 the tree when we're done. */
4710 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4711 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4712 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4713 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4714 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4716 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4722 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4724 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4730 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4731 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4733 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4735 if (current_ui
->async
)
4736 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4737 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4738 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4741 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4742 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4743 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4744 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4745 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4746 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4747 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4748 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4749 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4750 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4751 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4752 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4753 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4758 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4763 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4765 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4767 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4768 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4769 && target_has_execution
4770 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4771 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4772 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4773 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4774 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4775 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4776 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4779 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4782 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4785 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4788 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4791 struct value_print_options opts
;
4792 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4793 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4797 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4798 debugging multiple threads. */
4801 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4803 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4806 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4808 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4811 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4813 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Thread ");
4814 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4816 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4819 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \"");
4820 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "name", "%s", name
);
4821 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\"");
4824 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hit ");
4828 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4829 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4830 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4831 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4834 static enum print_stop_action
4835 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4837 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4840 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4841 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4845 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4846 relevant messages. */
4847 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4850 case print_it_normal
:
4852 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4854 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4855 which has since been deleted. */
4857 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4859 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4860 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4865 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4866 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4871 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4874 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4877 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4879 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4883 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4884 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4885 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4887 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4888 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4889 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4892 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4893 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4894 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4898 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4902 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4903 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4906 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4911 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4912 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4913 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4916 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4921 struct so_list
*iter
;
4923 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4925 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4926 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4929 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4934 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4935 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4936 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4939 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4943 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4944 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4945 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4946 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4947 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4948 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4949 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4952 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4953 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4954 code to print the location. An example is
4955 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4957 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4958 to also print the location part of the message.
4959 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4960 don't require a location appended to the end.
4961 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4962 further info to be printed. */
4964 enum print_stop_action
4965 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4967 enum print_stop_action val
;
4969 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4970 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4971 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4972 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4973 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4975 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4976 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4977 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4978 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4982 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4983 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4984 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4985 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4987 print_solib_event (0);
4988 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4991 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4992 with and nothing was printed. */
4993 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4996 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4997 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4998 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4999 exception happens we want execution to stop.
5000 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
5001 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
5004 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
5006 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5007 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
5009 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5013 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5016 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5020 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5022 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5023 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5024 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5025 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5026 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5027 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5028 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5030 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5034 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5035 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5038 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5040 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5042 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5044 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5046 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5047 as not triggered. */
5049 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5051 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5053 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5059 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5061 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5062 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5064 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5066 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5068 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5074 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5075 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5079 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5081 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5082 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5084 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5085 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5087 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5089 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5090 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5092 if (newaddr
== start
)
5094 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5098 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5099 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5103 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5112 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5113 because of check_errors). */
5114 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5115 #define WP_DELETED 1
5116 /* The value has changed. */
5117 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5118 /* The value has not changed. */
5119 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5120 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5123 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5124 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5126 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5129 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5130 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5133 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5135 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5136 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5137 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5138 int within_current_scope
;
5140 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5141 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5142 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5144 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5145 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5146 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5147 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5150 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5151 within_current_scope
= 1;
5154 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5155 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5156 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5158 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5159 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5160 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5161 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5162 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5163 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5164 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5165 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5166 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5167 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5170 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5171 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5173 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5174 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5175 if (within_current_scope
)
5177 struct symbol
*function
;
5179 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5180 if (function
== NULL
5181 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5182 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5183 within_current_scope
= 0;
5186 if (within_current_scope
)
5187 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5188 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5193 if (within_current_scope
)
5195 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5196 time before we return to the command level and call
5197 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5198 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5202 struct value
*new_val
;
5204 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5205 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5206 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5207 a mask watchpoint. */
5208 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5210 mark
= value_mark ();
5211 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5213 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5214 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5216 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5217 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5218 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5219 not what we want. */
5220 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5221 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5223 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5225 release_value (new_val
);
5226 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5228 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5231 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5235 /* Nothing changed. */
5236 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5237 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5242 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5243 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5244 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5245 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5246 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5247 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5248 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5249 the first value assigned). */
5250 /* We print all the stop information in
5251 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5252 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5253 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5256 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5258 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5260 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5262 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5263 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5264 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5266 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5267 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5270 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5271 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5272 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5278 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5279 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5280 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5283 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5284 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5285 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5287 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5289 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5290 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5292 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5295 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5296 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5299 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5301 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5302 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5304 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5305 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5306 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5307 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5308 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5311 int must_check_value
= 0;
5313 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5314 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5316 must_check_value
= 1;
5317 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5318 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5319 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5321 must_check_value
= 1;
5322 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5323 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5324 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5325 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5326 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5327 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5328 must_check_value
= 1;
5330 if (must_check_value
)
5333 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5335 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5336 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5338 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5342 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5343 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5347 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5350 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5351 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5353 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5355 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5356 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5357 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5358 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5359 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5360 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5361 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5364 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5365 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5368 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5369 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5370 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5371 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5373 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5374 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5375 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5378 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5379 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5380 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5381 changes. This still gives false positives when
5382 the program writes the same value to memory as
5383 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5384 it for a read), but it's much better than
5387 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5389 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5391 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5393 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5394 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5395 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5397 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5398 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5400 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5401 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5403 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5409 if (other_write_watchpoint
5410 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5412 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5413 and the value changed since the last time we
5414 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5416 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5421 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5422 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5423 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5425 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5426 the value hasn't changed. */
5427 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5435 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5437 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5439 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5442 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5443 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5444 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5449 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5451 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5452 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5453 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5454 anything for this watchpoint. */
5455 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5461 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5462 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5463 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5464 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5467 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5469 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5471 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5472 struct expression
*cond
;
5474 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5476 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5477 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5478 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5479 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5480 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5482 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5483 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5484 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5486 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5487 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5493 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5494 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5496 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5497 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5504 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5506 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5508 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5510 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5512 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5515 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5517 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5519 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5520 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5522 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5523 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5524 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5525 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5527 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5529 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5530 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5534 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5535 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5536 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5537 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5538 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5540 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5541 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5544 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5546 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5547 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5548 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5549 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5550 really matter which instantiation of the function
5551 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5552 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5553 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5554 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5555 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5556 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5557 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5558 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5560 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5562 select_frame (frame
);
5564 within_current_scope
= 0;
5566 if (within_current_scope
)
5568 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5569 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5573 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5574 "in the current scope"));
5575 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5576 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5579 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5580 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5583 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5587 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5591 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5593 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5597 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5598 on the current target. */
5601 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5603 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5604 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5605 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5606 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5610 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5611 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5613 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5614 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5617 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5619 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5621 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5622 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5623 several reasons concurrently.)
5625 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5626 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5629 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5630 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5631 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5633 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5634 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5635 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5636 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5637 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5638 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5641 int need_remove_insert
;
5644 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5645 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5646 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5647 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5648 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5649 inferior function calls. */
5653 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5656 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5658 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5659 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5660 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5661 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5662 checked all locations already. */
5663 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5666 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5669 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5672 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5675 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5678 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5679 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5680 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5684 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5685 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5686 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5688 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5690 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5692 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5697 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5698 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5699 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5701 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5703 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5704 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5706 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5707 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5710 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5715 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5716 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5717 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5719 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5721 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5723 handle_solib_event ();
5728 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5729 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5730 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5734 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5739 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5740 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5743 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5748 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5750 /* We will stop here. */
5751 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5753 --(b
->enable_count
);
5754 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5755 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5760 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5761 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5762 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5763 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5766 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5771 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5773 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5774 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5777 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5778 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5779 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5781 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5782 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5783 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5785 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5786 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5788 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5790 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5791 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5794 if (need_remove_insert
)
5795 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5796 else if (removed_any
)
5797 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5803 handle_jit_event (void)
5805 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5806 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5809 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5811 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5812 breakpoint_re_set. */
5813 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5815 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5816 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5818 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5820 target_terminal_inferior ();
5823 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5825 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5828 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5830 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5833 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5834 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5835 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5837 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5839 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5840 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5841 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5844 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5846 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5847 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5851 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5858 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5859 case bp_single_step
:
5862 case bp_shlib_event
:
5866 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5871 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5874 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5875 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5876 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5880 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5882 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5886 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5887 This requires no further action. */
5891 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5895 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5896 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5901 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5902 case bp_exception_resume
:
5905 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5906 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5909 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5911 case bp_step_resume
:
5913 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5916 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5917 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5920 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5922 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5925 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5926 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5929 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5930 case bp_thread_event
:
5931 case bp_overlay_event
:
5932 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5933 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5934 case bp_exception_master
:
5935 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5941 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5943 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5947 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5948 This requires no further action. */
5952 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5955 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5956 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5957 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5958 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5960 case bp_std_terminate
:
5961 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5962 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5963 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5964 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5967 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5968 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5969 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5970 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5972 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5973 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5976 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5977 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5979 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5980 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5981 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5982 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5987 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5989 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5993 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5994 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5997 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
6004 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
6008 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6010 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6017 handle_jit_event ();
6019 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6020 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6022 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6023 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6029 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6030 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6031 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6034 bpstat_should_step (void)
6036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6039 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6045 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6047 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6056 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6057 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6058 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6061 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6063 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6064 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6068 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6070 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6072 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6073 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6074 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6079 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6085 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6086 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6088 "host": Host evals condition.
6089 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6090 "target": Target evals condition.
6094 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6096 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6097 char host_evals
= 0;
6098 char target_evals
= 0;
6103 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6106 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6107 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6108 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6110 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6112 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6118 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6119 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6120 else if (target_evals
)
6121 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6123 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6126 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6127 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6130 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6132 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6135 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6136 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6137 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6139 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6140 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6142 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6145 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6148 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6149 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6151 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6152 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6154 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6158 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6160 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6162 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6163 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6166 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6169 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6170 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6171 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6172 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6173 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6174 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6176 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6177 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6178 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6180 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6181 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6182 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6184 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6188 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6189 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6191 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6193 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6195 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6199 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6200 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6201 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6202 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6203 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6204 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6206 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6207 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6209 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6210 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6214 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6215 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6216 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6218 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6219 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6220 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6221 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6224 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6228 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6230 struct ep_type_description
6235 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6237 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6238 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6239 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6240 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6241 {bp_until
, "until"},
6242 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6243 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6244 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6245 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6246 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6247 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6248 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6249 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6250 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6251 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6252 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6253 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6254 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6255 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6256 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6257 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6258 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6259 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6260 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6261 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6262 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6263 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6264 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6265 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6266 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6267 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6268 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6269 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6270 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6273 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6274 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6275 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6276 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6279 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6282 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6283 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6286 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6287 const char *field_name
,
6291 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6292 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6296 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6297 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6298 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6301 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6303 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6309 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6310 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6315 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6317 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6319 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6323 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6326 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6329 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6330 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6332 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6335 struct command_line
*l
;
6336 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6338 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6339 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6340 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6341 struct value_print_options opts
;
6343 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6345 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6346 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6347 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6350 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6351 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6359 if (part_of_multiple
)
6362 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6363 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6368 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6373 if (part_of_multiple
)
6374 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6376 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6380 if (part_of_multiple
)
6381 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6383 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6388 if (part_of_multiple
)
6389 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6391 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6392 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6393 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6397 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6399 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6400 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6401 make sure there's just one location. */
6402 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6403 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6409 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6410 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6414 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6415 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6416 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6418 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6420 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6421 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6422 is relatively readable). */
6423 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6424 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6426 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6431 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6432 case bp_single_step
:
6436 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6437 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6439 case bp_exception_resume
:
6440 case bp_step_resume
:
6441 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6442 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6444 case bp_std_terminate
:
6445 case bp_shlib_event
:
6446 case bp_thread_event
:
6447 case bp_overlay_event
:
6448 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6449 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6450 case bp_exception_master
:
6452 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6453 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6456 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6457 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6458 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6461 if (header_of_multiple
)
6462 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6463 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6464 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6466 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6467 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6470 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6471 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6478 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6480 struct inferior
*inf
;
6481 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6486 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6487 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6490 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6491 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6493 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6494 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6495 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6496 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6497 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6498 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6500 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6501 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6504 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6506 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6508 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6509 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6510 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6511 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6513 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6515 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6516 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6522 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6523 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6525 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6528 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6529 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6531 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6532 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6536 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6539 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6540 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6543 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6545 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6546 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6547 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6548 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6549 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6551 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6552 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6553 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6554 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6559 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6561 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6563 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6564 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6567 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6569 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6571 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6574 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6578 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6579 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6580 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6581 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6582 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6584 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6585 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6586 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6587 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6588 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6590 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6594 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6595 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6596 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6600 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6603 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6604 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6605 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6608 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6609 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6610 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6611 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6614 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6615 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6616 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6617 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6618 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6620 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6621 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6622 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6625 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6627 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6629 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6631 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6632 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6633 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6637 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6638 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6640 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6643 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6644 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6645 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6648 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6650 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6652 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6654 annotate_field (10);
6655 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6656 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6657 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6660 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6662 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6664 annotate_field (11);
6666 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6667 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6668 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6672 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6674 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6675 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6680 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6682 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6684 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6686 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6688 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6689 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6690 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6691 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6696 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6697 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6700 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6701 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6703 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6705 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6706 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6708 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6709 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6710 locations, if any. */
6711 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6713 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6714 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6715 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6718 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6719 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6721 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6722 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6724 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6727 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6729 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6730 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6731 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6732 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6739 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6741 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6742 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6744 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6745 address to print. */
6746 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6749 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6753 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6754 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6755 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6758 return print_address_bits
;
6761 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6767 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6769 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6770 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6772 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6776 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6778 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6786 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6787 char **error_message
)
6789 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6792 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6794 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6795 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6801 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6802 internal or momentary. */
6805 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6807 return b
->number
> 0;
6810 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6813 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6815 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6818 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6819 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6820 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6821 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6822 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6823 breakpoints listed. */
6826 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6827 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6830 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6831 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6832 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6833 struct value_print_options opts
;
6834 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6835 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6836 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6838 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6840 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6841 required for address fields. */
6842 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6845 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6846 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6849 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6850 accept. Skip the others. */
6851 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6853 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6855 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6859 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6861 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6863 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6864 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6865 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6867 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6868 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6869 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6871 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6875 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6877 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6878 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6882 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6883 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6886 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6887 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6890 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6891 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6893 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6894 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6895 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6897 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6898 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6900 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6901 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6903 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6905 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6906 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6907 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6909 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6910 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6912 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6914 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6915 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6916 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6917 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6922 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6923 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6926 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6927 accept. Skip the others. */
6929 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6931 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6933 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6936 else /* all others */
6938 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6942 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6944 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6945 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6948 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6950 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6952 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6956 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6957 ui_out_message (uiout
, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6959 ui_out_message (uiout
,
6960 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6966 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6967 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6970 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6971 there have been breakpoints? */
6972 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6974 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6977 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6978 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6981 default_collect_info (void)
6983 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6985 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6986 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6988 if (!*default_collect
)
6991 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6993 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6994 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6995 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6999 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
7001 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
7003 default_collect_info ();
7007 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
7009 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
7010 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7012 if (num_printed
== 0)
7014 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
7015 ui_out_message (uiout
, "No watchpoints.\n");
7017 ui_out_message (uiout
, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
7022 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
7024 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
7026 default_collect_info ();
7030 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7031 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7032 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7034 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7036 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7038 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7039 && bl
->address
== pc
7040 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7046 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7047 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7051 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7052 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7053 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7056 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7059 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7060 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7064 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7065 else /* if (others == ???) */
7066 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7068 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7071 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7072 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7073 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7074 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7075 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7076 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7077 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7078 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7082 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7084 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7085 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7086 printf_filtered (".\n");
7091 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7092 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7093 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7094 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7096 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7097 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7098 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7099 breakpoint location at address zero:
7107 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7109 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7111 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7114 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7115 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7118 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7119 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7121 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7122 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7124 /* Both of them must exist. */
7125 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7126 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7128 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7129 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7130 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7131 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7132 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7133 other watchpoint. */
7135 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7137 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7138 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7140 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7142 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7143 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7146 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7147 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7148 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7149 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7150 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7151 become hw_access locations later. */
7152 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7153 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7154 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7155 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7158 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7161 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7162 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7164 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7165 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7169 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7170 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7171 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7172 space doesn't really matter. */
7175 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7176 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7179 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7180 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7181 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7184 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7185 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7186 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7187 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7190 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7191 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7194 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7197 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7198 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7202 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7203 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7204 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7205 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7206 doesn't really matter. */
7209 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7210 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7211 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7213 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7214 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7216 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7218 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7224 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7225 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7226 true, otherwise returns false. */
7229 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7230 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7232 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7233 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7234 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7235 different locations. */
7236 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7241 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7242 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7243 represent the same location. */
7246 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7247 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7249 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7251 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7252 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7253 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7255 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7256 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7258 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7261 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7262 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7263 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7265 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7266 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7267 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7268 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7272 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7273 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7275 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7276 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7280 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7281 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7283 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7284 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7286 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7289 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7290 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7291 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7292 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7295 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7296 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7298 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7300 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7303 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7304 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7305 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7306 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7307 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7309 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7310 have their addresses modified. */
7313 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7315 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7316 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7317 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7318 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7319 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7320 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7325 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7327 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7328 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7329 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7331 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7332 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7334 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7335 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7337 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7342 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7343 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7345 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7347 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7351 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7352 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7355 switch (owner
->type
)
7358 case bp_single_step
:
7362 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7363 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7365 case bp_exception_resume
:
7366 case bp_step_resume
:
7367 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7368 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7370 case bp_std_terminate
:
7371 case bp_shlib_event
:
7372 case bp_thread_event
:
7373 case bp_overlay_event
:
7375 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7376 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7377 case bp_exception_master
:
7378 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7379 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7381 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7382 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7384 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7385 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7386 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7388 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7389 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7390 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7391 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7396 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7397 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7398 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7401 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7407 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7409 static struct bp_location
*
7410 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7412 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7416 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7418 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7422 /* Increment reference count. */
7425 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7430 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7431 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7434 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7436 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7438 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7439 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7443 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7446 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7448 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7450 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7451 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7453 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7455 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7464 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7467 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7468 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7470 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7472 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7474 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7478 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7479 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7480 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7482 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7485 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7487 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7488 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7489 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7490 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7494 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7495 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7497 static struct breakpoint
*
7498 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7500 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7502 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7504 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7505 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7509 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7510 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7514 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7516 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7518 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7519 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7520 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7523 const char *function_name
;
7524 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7526 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7527 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7529 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7531 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7533 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7534 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7535 &loc
->requested_address
))
7537 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7538 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7539 loc
->requested_address
,
7542 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7543 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7545 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7546 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7547 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7548 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7550 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7555 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7559 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7561 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7564 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7566 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7571 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7572 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7573 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7575 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7576 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7577 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7580 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7581 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7582 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7584 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7586 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7588 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7589 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7591 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7592 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7594 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7595 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7598 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7599 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7600 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7601 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7602 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7603 is also returned as the value of this function.
7605 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7606 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7607 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7608 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7609 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7610 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7611 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7614 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7615 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7616 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7618 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7620 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7621 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7625 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7626 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7627 initiated the operation. */
7630 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7632 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7633 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7635 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7636 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7637 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7638 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7639 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7640 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7641 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7642 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7644 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7645 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7647 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7648 after their removal. */
7649 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7650 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7651 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7654 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7657 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7659 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7661 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7663 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7664 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7666 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7667 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7672 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7674 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7676 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7677 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7679 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7680 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7684 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7685 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7686 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7690 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7692 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7695 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7697 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7699 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7700 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7702 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7704 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7706 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7709 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7710 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7711 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7712 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7718 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7719 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7722 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7723 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7727 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7732 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7734 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7736 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7737 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7738 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7739 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7742 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7744 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7746 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7747 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7748 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7750 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7755 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7757 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7760 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7762 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7763 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7764 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7769 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7771 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7774 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7776 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7777 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7778 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7782 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7783 master breakpoint. */
7785 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7787 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7790 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7791 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7793 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7794 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7798 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7800 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7802 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7804 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7805 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7810 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7812 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7814 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7815 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7817 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7818 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7819 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7821 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7826 struct lang_and_radix
7832 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7835 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7837 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7838 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7841 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7844 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7846 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7848 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7849 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7850 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7851 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7855 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7857 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7859 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7860 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7861 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7862 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7865 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7868 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7870 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7872 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7873 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7874 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7875 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7878 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7879 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7880 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7882 static struct breakpoint
*
7883 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7884 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7886 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7888 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7889 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7890 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7895 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7897 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7900 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7903 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7905 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7907 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7909 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7910 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7912 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7918 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7919 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7922 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7924 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7926 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7928 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7929 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7931 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7932 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7933 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7934 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7935 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7936 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7937 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7938 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7939 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7940 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7941 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7942 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7945 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7950 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7951 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7952 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7955 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7957 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7958 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7960 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7962 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7963 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7965 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7966 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7967 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7968 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7969 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7970 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7971 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7972 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7973 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7975 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7976 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7977 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7978 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7981 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7982 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7984 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7986 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7987 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7988 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7991 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7996 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7997 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7998 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
8001 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
8003 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8005 if (objfile
== NULL
)
8008 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
8009 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
8010 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
8011 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
8012 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
8013 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
8014 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
8015 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
8016 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
8017 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
8019 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
8020 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
8025 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8026 int bp_modified
= 0;
8028 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
8031 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8033 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8035 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8036 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8039 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8042 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8045 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8046 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8049 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8051 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8052 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8053 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8054 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8055 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8058 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8065 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8069 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8071 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8072 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8073 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8074 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8075 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8077 struct fork_catchpoint
8079 /* The base class. */
8080 struct breakpoint base
;
8082 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8083 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8084 catchpoint has triggered. */
8085 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8088 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8092 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8094 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8097 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8101 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8103 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8106 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8110 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8111 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8112 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8114 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8116 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8119 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8123 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8126 static enum print_stop_action
8127 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8129 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8130 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8131 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8133 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8134 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8135 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8139 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8142 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8143 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8145 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8146 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8147 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8148 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8149 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8152 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8156 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8158 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8159 struct value_print_options opts
;
8160 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8162 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8164 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8165 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8167 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8168 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8170 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8171 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8173 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8174 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8175 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8176 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8180 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8183 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8187 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8189 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8192 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8196 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8198 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8199 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8202 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8204 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8206 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8210 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8212 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8215 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8219 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8221 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8224 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8228 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8229 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8230 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8232 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8234 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8237 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8241 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8244 static enum print_stop_action
8245 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8247 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8248 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8249 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8251 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8252 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8253 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8254 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8257 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8259 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8260 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8261 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8263 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8264 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8265 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8266 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8267 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8270 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8274 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8276 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8277 struct value_print_options opts
;
8278 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8280 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8281 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8282 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8284 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8285 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8287 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8288 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8290 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8291 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8292 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8293 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8296 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8297 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8300 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8304 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8306 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8309 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8313 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8316 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8319 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8321 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8323 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8324 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8325 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8326 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8327 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8329 struct solib_catchpoint
8331 /* The base class. */
8332 struct breakpoint base
;
8334 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8335 unsigned char is_load
;
8337 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8338 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8344 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8346 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8349 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8350 xfree (self
->regex
);
8352 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8356 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8362 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8368 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8369 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8371 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8373 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8374 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8376 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8381 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8383 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8386 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8389 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8392 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8394 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8403 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8405 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8406 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8411 struct so_list
*iter
;
8414 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8419 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8428 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8433 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8439 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8442 static enum print_stop_action
8443 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8445 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8446 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8448 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8449 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8450 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8451 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8453 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8454 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8456 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8457 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8458 print_solib_event (1);
8459 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8463 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8465 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8466 struct value_print_options opts
;
8467 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8470 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8471 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8472 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8474 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8477 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8484 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8486 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8491 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8493 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8495 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8498 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8499 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8500 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8504 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8506 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8508 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8509 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8513 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8515 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8518 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8519 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8521 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8525 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8527 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8528 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8529 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8530 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8531 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8532 created in an enabled state. */
8535 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8537 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8538 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8539 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8543 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8545 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8546 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8552 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8555 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8557 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8558 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8560 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8563 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8564 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8565 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8567 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8569 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8570 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8573 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8577 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8578 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8581 const int enabled
= 1;
8583 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8585 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8589 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8590 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8592 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8596 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8597 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8599 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8602 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8603 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8604 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8605 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8608 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8609 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8611 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8613 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8616 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8618 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8620 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8621 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8625 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8627 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8628 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8629 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8630 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8633 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8636 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8640 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8641 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8642 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8644 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8646 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8648 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8650 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8653 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8655 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8656 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8657 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8658 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8659 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8661 struct exec_catchpoint
8663 /* The base class. */
8664 struct breakpoint base
;
8666 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8667 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8669 char *exec_pathname
;
8672 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8676 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8678 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8680 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8682 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8686 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8688 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8692 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8694 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8698 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8699 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8700 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8702 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8704 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8707 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8711 static enum print_stop_action
8712 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8714 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8715 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8716 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8718 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8719 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8720 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8721 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary catchpoint ");
8723 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Catchpoint ");
8724 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8726 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8727 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8728 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8730 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8731 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8732 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8733 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8735 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8739 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8741 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8742 struct value_print_options opts
;
8743 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8745 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8747 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8748 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8749 is relatively readable). */
8750 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8751 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8753 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8754 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8756 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8757 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8758 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8761 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8762 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8766 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8768 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8771 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8775 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8777 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8778 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8781 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8784 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8788 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8792 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8793 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8795 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8797 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8804 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8808 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8811 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8813 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8816 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8818 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8820 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8826 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8827 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8828 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8829 types _not_ TYPE. */
8832 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8833 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8836 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8838 *other_type_used
= 0;
8843 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8846 if (b
->type
== type
)
8847 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8848 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8849 *other_type_used
= 1;
8856 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8858 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8862 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8864 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8865 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8871 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8873 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8877 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8879 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8880 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8886 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8888 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8889 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8893 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8895 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8896 breakpoint_re_set ();
8899 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8902 static struct breakpoint
*
8903 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8905 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8907 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8908 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8910 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8911 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8914 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8916 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8921 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8922 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8926 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8927 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8929 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8931 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8933 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8935 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8936 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8937 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8938 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8940 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8941 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8943 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8944 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8946 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8951 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8952 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8953 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8955 static struct breakpoint
*
8956 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8958 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8961 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8963 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8964 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8965 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8967 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8968 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8969 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8970 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8971 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8972 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8973 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8974 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8975 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8976 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8977 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8978 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8980 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8981 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8982 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8984 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8988 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8992 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8994 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8998 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
9002 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9005 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9007 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9009 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9010 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9012 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9016 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9019 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9021 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9022 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9024 printf_filtered ("\n");
9028 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9030 static struct bp_location
*
9031 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9032 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9034 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9035 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9036 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9038 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9039 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9041 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9042 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9043 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9044 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9045 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9046 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9047 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9050 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9051 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9052 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9053 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9058 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9059 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9060 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9061 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9062 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9063 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9064 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9065 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9066 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9067 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9069 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9070 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9072 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9073 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9074 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9075 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9076 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9077 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9078 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9079 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9080 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9081 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9082 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9083 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9085 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9092 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9095 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9099 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9100 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9101 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9105 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9107 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9111 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9113 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9114 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9115 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9116 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9118 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9119 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9122 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9127 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9128 return 0 otherwise. */
9131 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9133 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9136 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9138 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9139 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9140 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9142 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9145 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9146 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9148 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9150 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9155 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9156 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9159 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9161 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9162 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9167 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9169 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9171 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9173 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9175 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9176 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9178 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9179 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9180 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9182 if (!dprintf_function
)
9183 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9185 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9186 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9191 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9195 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9197 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9198 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9201 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9202 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9206 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9207 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9209 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9210 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9212 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9214 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9215 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9216 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9217 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9218 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9220 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9224 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9225 current style settings. */
9228 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9229 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9231 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9235 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9236 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9240 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9241 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9242 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9243 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9246 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9247 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9248 struct event_location
*location
,
9249 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9251 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9252 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9253 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9254 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9255 int display_canonical
)
9259 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9261 int target_resources_ok
;
9263 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9264 target_resources_ok
=
9265 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9267 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9268 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9269 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9270 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9273 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9275 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9277 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9282 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9284 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9286 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9287 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9292 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9296 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9297 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9298 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9299 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9300 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9302 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9303 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9305 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9307 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9308 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9310 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9312 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9313 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9314 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9318 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9320 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9322 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9323 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9325 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9327 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9329 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9331 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9332 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9334 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9336 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9339 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9340 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9347 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9348 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9354 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9356 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9357 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9359 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9362 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9363 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9364 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9366 if (b
->extra_string
)
9367 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9369 error (_("Format string required"));
9371 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9372 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9375 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9376 if (location
!= NULL
)
9377 b
->location
= location
;
9380 const char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9381 int addr_string_len
= 0;
9383 if (location
!= NULL
)
9384 addr_string
= event_location_to_string (location
);
9385 if (addr_string
!= NULL
)
9386 addr_string_len
= strlen (addr_string
);
9388 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
,
9389 addr_string
, addr_string_len
);
9395 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9396 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9397 struct event_location
*location
,
9398 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9400 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9401 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9402 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9403 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9404 int display_canonical
)
9406 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9407 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9409 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9411 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9413 t
= new tracepoint ();
9417 b
= new breakpoint ();
9419 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9421 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9423 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9425 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9427 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9429 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9431 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9434 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9435 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9436 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9437 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9438 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9439 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9440 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9441 we take just a single condition string.
9443 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9444 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9445 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9446 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9447 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9450 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9451 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9452 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9453 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9454 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9455 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9456 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9459 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9461 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9462 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9464 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9466 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9467 'break', without arguments. */
9468 struct event_location
*location
9469 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9470 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9471 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9472 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9474 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9475 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9478 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9480 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9481 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9482 canonical
->special_display
);
9483 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9487 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9488 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9489 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9490 linespec locations).
9492 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9493 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9496 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9497 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9499 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9501 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9503 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9505 if (address
== NULL
)
9507 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9508 breakpoint address. */
9509 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9511 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9512 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9515 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9516 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9518 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9519 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9520 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9521 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9522 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9523 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9525 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9527 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9528 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9529 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9530 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9531 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9533 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9535 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9536 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9537 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9539 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9543 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9547 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9548 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9549 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9550 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9552 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9553 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9554 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9555 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9557 const char *address
= NULL
;
9559 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9560 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9564 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9565 && address
[1] != '['))
9567 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9568 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9569 get_last_displayed_line (),
9570 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9575 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9576 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9580 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9581 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9584 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9588 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9589 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9592 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9593 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9594 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9595 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9596 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9600 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9601 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9604 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9606 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9608 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9610 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9612 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9614 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9615 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9616 associated with SAL. */
9619 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9620 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9623 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9624 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9626 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9630 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9631 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9632 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9633 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9634 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9635 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9638 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9639 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9642 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9649 const char *end_tok
;
9651 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9652 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9654 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9656 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9658 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9662 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9664 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9666 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9668 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9669 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9671 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9673 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9676 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9679 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9681 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9682 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9685 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9690 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9692 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9693 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9694 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9699 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9703 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9707 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9709 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9710 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9712 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9713 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9714 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9715 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9720 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9722 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9724 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9725 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9727 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9728 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9729 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9731 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9732 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9734 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9736 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9738 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9740 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9742 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9743 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9745 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9748 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9754 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9757 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9758 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9759 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9761 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9763 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9764 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9765 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9768 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9769 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9770 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9773 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9775 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9777 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9778 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9779 extra_string
= NULL
;
9781 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9785 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9787 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9789 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9791 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9793 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9796 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9797 throw_exception (e
);
9799 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9801 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9802 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9803 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9804 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9805 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9808 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9809 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9810 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9811 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9815 throw_exception (e
);
9819 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9822 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9823 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9825 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9826 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9827 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9828 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9829 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9831 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9832 are ok for the target. */
9836 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9838 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9839 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9842 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9843 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9846 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9848 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9849 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9852 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9853 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9860 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9862 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9864 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9865 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9866 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9867 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9869 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9870 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9872 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9874 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9876 extra_string
= rest
;
9878 extra_string
= NULL
;
9882 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9883 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9884 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9886 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9889 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9890 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9892 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9895 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9896 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9900 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9901 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9902 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9903 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9904 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9908 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9910 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9912 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9914 t
= new tracepoint ();
9918 b
= new breakpoint ();
9920 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9921 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9924 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9927 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9930 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9931 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9933 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9937 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9938 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9940 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9941 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9943 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9944 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9945 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9946 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9947 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9948 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9949 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9950 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9952 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9955 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9957 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9958 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9959 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9962 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9964 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9965 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9966 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9968 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9969 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9974 /* Set a breakpoint.
9975 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9976 condition, and thread.
9977 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9978 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9982 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9984 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9985 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9986 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9988 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9989 struct event_location
*location
;
9990 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9992 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9993 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9995 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9996 if (location
!= NULL
9997 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9998 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
10000 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
10002 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10004 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10005 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
10006 0 /* Ignore count */,
10007 pending_break_support
,
10013 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10016 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10019 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10023 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10025 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10026 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10027 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10030 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10031 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10032 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10033 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10036 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10038 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10039 const struct block
*b
;
10040 struct symbol
*sym
;
10042 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10043 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10046 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10049 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10050 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10055 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10056 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10057 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10058 happen in assembly source). */
10060 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10061 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10063 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10065 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10067 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10069 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10076 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10078 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10082 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10084 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10088 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10090 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10094 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10096 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10100 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10102 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10103 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10104 stop at <line>\n"));
10108 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10112 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10114 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10116 char *argptr
= arg
;
10119 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10120 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10121 function/method name. */
10122 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10124 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10129 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10131 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10135 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10137 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10141 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10145 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10149 char *argptr
= arg
;
10152 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10153 it is probably a line number. */
10154 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10156 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10161 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10163 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10167 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10169 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10172 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10173 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10174 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10178 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10180 struct event_location
*location
;
10181 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10183 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10184 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10186 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10187 the next character must be ','. */
10190 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10191 error (_("Format string required"));
10194 /* Skip the comma. */
10199 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10201 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10203 0 /* Ignore count */,
10204 pending_break_support
,
10205 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10210 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10214 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10216 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10219 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10220 ranged breakpoints. */
10223 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10224 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10226 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10228 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10229 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10232 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10233 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10236 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10237 ranged breakpoints. */
10240 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10242 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10245 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10246 ranged breakpoints. */
10248 static enum print_stop_action
10249 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10251 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10252 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10253 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10255 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10257 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10258 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10260 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10262 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10264 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10265 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10267 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Ranged breakpoint ");
10268 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10270 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10271 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10272 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10274 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10275 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10277 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10280 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10281 ranged breakpoints. */
10284 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10285 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10287 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10288 struct value_print_options opts
;
10289 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10291 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10292 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10294 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10296 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10297 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10298 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10299 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10300 annotate_field (5);
10301 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10305 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10306 ranged breakpoints. */
10309 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10310 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10312 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10313 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10314 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10315 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10319 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10320 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10322 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10323 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10324 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10325 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10326 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10327 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10329 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10332 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10333 ranged breakpoints. */
10336 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10338 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10339 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10342 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10344 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10347 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10348 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10349 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10352 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10353 ranged breakpoints. */
10356 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10358 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10359 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10360 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10361 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10364 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10366 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10368 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10369 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10370 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10371 last instruction of the given line. */
10374 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10378 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10379 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10380 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10387 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10389 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10391 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10398 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10401 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10403 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10404 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10405 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10407 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10408 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10409 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10410 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10411 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10413 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10414 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10415 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10417 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10418 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10419 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10421 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10422 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10424 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10425 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10426 error(_("No address range specified."));
10428 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10431 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10432 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10433 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10434 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10437 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10438 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10439 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10441 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10443 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10444 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10445 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10447 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10448 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10449 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10451 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10452 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10454 /* Parse the end location. */
10456 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10459 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10460 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10461 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10462 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10463 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10464 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10465 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10466 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10467 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10468 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10470 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10472 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10473 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10475 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10476 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10477 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10478 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10480 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10482 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10483 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10484 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10486 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10488 /* Length overflowed. */
10489 error (_("Address range too large."));
10490 else if (length
== 1)
10492 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10493 the `hbreak' command. */
10494 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10496 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10501 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10502 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10503 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10504 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10505 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10506 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10507 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10508 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10509 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10511 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10514 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10515 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10518 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10519 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10520 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10524 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10526 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10532 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10533 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10536 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10546 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10547 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10548 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10549 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10550 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10552 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10579 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10582 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10583 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10588 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10589 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10590 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10591 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10592 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10593 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10594 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10596 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10597 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10602 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10604 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10605 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10606 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10607 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10609 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10610 are always constant. */
10612 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10614 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10615 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10616 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10621 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10622 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10623 then it is not a constant. */
10632 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10635 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10637 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10639 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10640 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10641 value_free (w
->val
);
10643 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10646 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10649 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10651 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10653 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10654 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10656 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10657 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10658 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10659 are loaded and unloaded.
10661 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10662 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10663 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10664 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10665 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10666 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10668 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10669 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10670 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10671 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10673 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10674 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10676 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10677 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10678 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10681 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10684 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10686 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10687 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10689 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10690 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10693 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10696 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10698 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10699 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10701 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10702 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10706 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10707 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10708 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10710 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10711 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10713 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10714 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10715 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10716 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10717 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10718 (did not match the data address). */
10719 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10720 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10727 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10729 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10731 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10734 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10735 hardware watchpoints. */
10738 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10740 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10741 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10743 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10746 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10747 hardware watchpoints. */
10750 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10752 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10753 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10756 static enum print_stop_action
10757 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10759 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10760 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10761 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10762 enum print_stop_action result
;
10763 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10764 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10766 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10768 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10769 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10771 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10772 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10774 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10775 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10779 case bp_watchpoint
:
10780 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10781 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10782 ui_out_field_string
10784 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10786 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10787 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10788 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10789 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10790 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10791 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10792 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10793 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10794 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10795 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10798 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10799 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10800 ui_out_field_string
10802 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10804 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10805 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10806 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10807 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10808 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10809 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10812 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10813 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10815 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10816 ui_out_field_string
10818 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10820 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10821 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10822 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10823 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10824 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10829 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10830 ui_out_field_string
10832 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10833 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10834 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10836 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10837 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10838 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10839 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10842 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10845 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10849 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10853 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10855 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10856 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10857 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10861 case bp_watchpoint
:
10862 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10863 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10865 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10866 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10867 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10869 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10870 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10871 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10873 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10874 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10875 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10878 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10879 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10882 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10883 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10884 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10885 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10888 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10892 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10894 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10898 case bp_watchpoint
:
10899 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10902 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10905 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10906 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10909 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10910 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10913 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10914 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10917 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10921 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10923 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10924 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10925 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10931 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10933 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10935 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10936 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10939 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10941 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10943 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10944 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10947 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10948 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10951 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10953 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10955 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10956 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10959 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10960 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10963 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10965 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10967 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10970 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10971 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10974 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10979 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10980 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10982 static enum print_stop_action
10983 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10985 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10986 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10988 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10989 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10991 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10992 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10996 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10997 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10998 ui_out_field_string
11000 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11003 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11004 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11005 ui_out_field_string
11007 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11010 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11011 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11012 ui_out_field_string
11014 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
11017 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11018 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11022 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
11023 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
11024 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
11025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11027 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
11028 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
11031 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
11032 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11035 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11036 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11038 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11040 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11041 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11043 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11044 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11045 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11048 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11049 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11052 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11054 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11055 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11056 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11060 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11061 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11062 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11064 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11065 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11066 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11068 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11069 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11070 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11073 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11074 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11077 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11078 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11079 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11080 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11083 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11084 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11087 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11089 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11094 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11095 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11097 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11098 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11100 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11101 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11104 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11105 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11108 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11109 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11110 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11113 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11115 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11117 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11120 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11122 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11125 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11126 hw_read: watch read,
11127 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11129 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11130 int just_location
, int internal
)
11132 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11133 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11134 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11135 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11136 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11137 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11138 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11139 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11141 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11142 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11143 enum bptype bp_type
;
11146 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11147 the hardware watchpoint. */
11149 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11150 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11152 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11154 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11155 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11157 const char *value_start
;
11159 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11161 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11162 of the arguments string. */
11163 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11165 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11166 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11169 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11170 This is the value of the parameter. */
11171 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11173 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11175 /* Skip whitespace. */
11176 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11181 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11182 This is the parameter itself. */
11183 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11186 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11188 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11190 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11191 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11192 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11193 only in a specific thread. */
11197 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11199 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11200 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11202 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11203 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11204 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11206 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11208 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11210 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11211 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11213 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11216 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11218 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11220 mark
= value_mark ();
11221 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11222 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11223 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11226 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11229 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11230 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11237 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11238 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11240 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11241 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11242 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11243 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11244 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11246 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11247 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11249 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11252 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11253 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11257 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11258 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11260 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11263 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11264 mark
= value_mark ();
11265 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11267 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11269 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11270 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11277 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11278 val
= value_addr (result
);
11279 release_value (val
);
11280 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11284 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11287 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11288 else if (ret
== -2)
11289 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11292 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11293 release_value (val
);
11295 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11296 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11298 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11299 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11301 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11302 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11303 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11305 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11306 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11307 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11312 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11314 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11316 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11317 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11318 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11319 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11320 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11322 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11325 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11326 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11327 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11328 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11330 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11332 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11333 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11335 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11336 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11338 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11339 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11340 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11341 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11342 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11343 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11344 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11345 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11346 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11350 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11351 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11352 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11353 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11355 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11356 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11357 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11358 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11360 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11362 w
= new watchpoint ();
11365 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11366 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11368 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11369 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11370 b
->thread
= thread
;
11371 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11372 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11373 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11374 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11375 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11378 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11379 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11381 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11383 std::string name
= type_to_string (t
);
11385 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
.c_str (),
11386 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11388 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11389 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11391 /* The above expression is in C. */
11392 b
->language
= language_c
;
11395 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11399 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11404 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11405 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11410 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11412 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11416 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11417 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11421 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11422 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11425 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11427 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11428 need to act on them together. */
11429 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11430 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11433 if (!just_location
)
11434 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11438 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11439 that should be inserted. */
11440 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11442 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11444 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11445 throw_exception (e
);
11449 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11450 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11453 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11454 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11457 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11459 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11460 struct value
*head
= v
;
11462 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11463 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11466 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11467 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11468 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11469 hardware watchpoint.
11471 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11472 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11473 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11474 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11475 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11476 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11477 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11478 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11479 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11481 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11482 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11483 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11484 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11485 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11487 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11489 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11490 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11491 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11492 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11493 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11494 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11498 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11499 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11500 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11502 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11503 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11504 middle of some value chain. */
11506 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11507 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11509 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11513 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11514 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11515 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11517 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11521 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11525 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11526 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11527 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11528 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11529 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11532 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11533 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11534 return found_memory_cnt
;
11538 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11540 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11543 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11544 calls watch_command_1. */
11547 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11549 int just_location
= 0;
11552 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11553 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11555 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11559 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11563 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11565 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11569 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11571 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11575 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11577 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11581 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11583 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11587 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11589 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11593 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11594 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11597 struct until_break_fsm
11599 /* The base class. */
11600 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11602 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11605 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11606 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11608 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11610 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11613 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11614 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11615 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11616 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11617 static enum async_reply_reason
11618 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11620 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11622 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11625 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11626 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11627 NULL
, /* return_value */
11628 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11631 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11633 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11634 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11635 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11636 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11638 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11640 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11641 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11643 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11644 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11645 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11650 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11651 until(location)/advance commands. */
11654 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11655 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11657 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11659 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11660 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11661 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11662 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11663 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11664 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11669 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11670 until(location)/advance commands. */
11673 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11674 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11676 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11678 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11679 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11681 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11682 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11684 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11686 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11687 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11689 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11692 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11693 until(location)/advance commands. */
11695 static enum async_reply_reason
11696 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11698 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11702 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11704 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11705 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11706 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11707 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11708 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11709 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11710 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11711 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11712 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11714 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11715 struct event_location
*location
;
11716 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11718 clear_proceed_status (0);
11720 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11723 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11724 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11726 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11727 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11728 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11729 get_last_displayed_line ());
11731 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11732 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11734 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11735 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11737 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11738 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11741 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11743 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11745 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11746 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11748 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11750 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11751 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11752 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11755 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11756 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11757 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11758 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11760 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11763 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11765 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11766 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11768 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11769 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11770 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11771 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11775 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11777 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11778 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11781 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11785 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11786 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11787 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11788 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11790 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11791 only at the very same frame. */
11792 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11793 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11794 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11796 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11797 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11798 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11800 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11802 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11804 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11807 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11808 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11810 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11811 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11812 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11813 if clause in the arg string. */
11816 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11820 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11823 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11826 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11827 condition string. */
11828 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11829 cond_string
= *arg
;
11831 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11833 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11835 return cond_string
;
11838 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11839 process start/exit, etc. */
11843 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11844 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11849 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11850 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11852 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11853 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11854 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11857 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11858 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11859 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11863 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11865 /* The allowed syntax is:
11867 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11869 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11870 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11872 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11873 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11875 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11876 and enable reporting of such events. */
11879 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11880 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11881 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11882 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11884 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11885 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11886 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11887 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11890 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11896 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11897 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11899 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11900 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11902 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11904 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11908 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11910 /* The allowed syntax is:
11912 catch exec if <cond>
11914 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11915 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11917 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11918 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11920 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11921 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11922 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11923 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11925 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11929 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11930 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11931 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11933 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11940 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11942 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11944 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11945 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11946 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11947 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11948 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11949 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11950 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11951 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11952 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11953 enough for now, though. */
11956 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11958 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11959 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11960 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11961 language_def (language_ada
));
11962 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11966 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11968 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11973 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11975 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11978 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11981 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11983 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11984 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11985 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11986 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11988 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11990 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11993 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11997 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
12000 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
12003 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12005 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
12006 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
12009 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
12010 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
12012 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
12016 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
12017 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
12018 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
12019 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12024 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
12025 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
12026 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12028 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12029 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12030 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12031 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12032 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12033 error (_("No source file specified."));
12035 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12041 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12042 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12043 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12044 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12046 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12047 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12048 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12049 due to optimization, all in one block.
12051 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12052 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12053 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12054 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12055 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12056 to support that. */
12058 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12059 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12060 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12064 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12065 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12067 const char *sal_fullname
;
12069 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12070 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12071 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12074 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12079 1 0 <can't happen> */
12081 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12082 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12083 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12085 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12086 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12089 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12090 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12092 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12093 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12095 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12096 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12097 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12099 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12100 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12101 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12102 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12103 int line_match
= 0;
12105 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12106 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12107 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12108 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12109 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12110 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12111 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12114 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12123 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12127 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12128 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12131 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12133 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12136 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12137 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12138 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12139 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12140 compare_breakpoints
);
12141 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12142 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12146 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12151 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12152 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12155 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12156 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12158 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12161 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12164 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12165 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12168 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12170 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12173 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12174 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12175 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12178 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12180 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12182 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12183 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12184 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12186 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12190 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12191 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12195 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12196 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12197 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12198 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12199 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12200 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12203 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12205 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12206 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12208 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12209 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12211 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12212 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12215 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12216 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12217 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12219 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12220 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12221 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12223 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12224 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12225 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12227 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12228 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12229 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12231 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12234 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12235 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12236 content of the bp_location array. */
12239 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12241 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12243 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12244 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12246 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12248 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12250 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12253 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12254 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12256 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12257 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12258 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12259 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12261 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12263 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12264 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12265 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12266 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12270 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12273 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12275 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12276 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12277 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12279 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12281 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12283 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12284 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12285 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12287 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12288 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12289 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12292 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12294 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12295 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12297 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12300 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12303 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12305 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12306 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12307 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12308 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12311 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12313 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12316 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12318 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12319 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12320 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12321 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12324 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12327 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12330 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12332 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12333 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12334 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12335 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12337 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12338 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12339 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12340 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12341 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12343 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12344 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12345 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12346 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12347 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12348 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12349 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12350 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12353 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12354 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12355 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12359 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12361 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12362 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12363 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12366 address
= bl
->address
;
12367 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12369 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12370 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12371 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12373 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12374 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12377 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12378 the same program space as the location
12379 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12380 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12381 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12385 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12386 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12389 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12390 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12391 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12392 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12393 that have already been marked. */
12394 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12396 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12398 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12401 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12402 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12403 locations are duplicate of which.
12405 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12406 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12410 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12412 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12413 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12414 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12415 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12416 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12417 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12418 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12420 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12421 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12422 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12423 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12424 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12426 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12427 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12428 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12429 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12431 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12432 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12433 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12434 unsigned old_location_count
;
12436 old_location
= bp_location
;
12437 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12438 bp_location
= NULL
;
12439 bp_location_count
= 0;
12440 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12442 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12443 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12444 bp_location_count
++;
12446 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12447 locp
= bp_location
;
12448 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12449 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12451 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12452 bp_location_compare
);
12454 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12456 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12457 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12458 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12459 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12460 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12463 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12464 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12466 locp
= bp_location
;
12467 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12470 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12471 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12473 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12474 not, we have to free it. */
12475 int found_object
= 0;
12476 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12477 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12480 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12481 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12482 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12483 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12487 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12488 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12491 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12492 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12493 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12495 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12496 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12497 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12499 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12500 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12503 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12507 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12508 have to go through updates again. */
12509 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12511 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12513 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12515 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12516 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12517 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12518 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12519 at certain location is not inserted. */
12521 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12523 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12526 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12528 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12529 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12530 keep_in_target
= 1;
12534 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12535 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12536 remove its target-side condition. */
12538 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12539 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12540 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12541 this one from the target. */
12543 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12544 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12547 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12548 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12551 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12553 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12555 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12556 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12557 supported, but the latter are. */
12558 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12560 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12561 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12564 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12565 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12567 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12568 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12570 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12571 keep_in_target
= 1;
12579 if (!keep_in_target
)
12581 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12583 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12584 this location on the global list, and try to
12585 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12586 reason why we will succeed next time.
12588 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12589 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12590 only after calling us. */
12591 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12592 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12593 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12601 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12602 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12604 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12605 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12606 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12607 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12608 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12609 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12610 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12611 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12612 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12613 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12614 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12615 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12616 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12617 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12620 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12621 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12623 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12624 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12625 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12626 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12627 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12628 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12629 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12630 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12631 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12632 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12633 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12634 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12635 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12638 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12639 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12640 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12641 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12643 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12644 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12645 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12646 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12647 traps we can no longer explain. */
12649 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12650 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12652 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12656 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12657 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12662 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12663 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12664 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12665 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12666 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12667 are sorted first for the same address.
12669 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12670 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12672 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12673 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12674 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12675 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12676 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12678 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12680 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12683 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12684 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12685 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12686 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12687 `struct bp_location'. */
12688 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12690 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12691 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12695 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12696 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12697 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12698 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12699 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12700 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12702 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12704 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12705 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12706 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12708 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12709 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12711 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12713 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12714 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12715 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12721 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12722 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12723 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12725 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12726 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12728 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12729 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12732 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12734 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12735 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12738 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12739 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12740 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12741 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12742 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12744 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12748 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12749 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12751 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12755 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12757 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12760 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12761 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12763 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12764 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12770 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12775 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12777 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12783 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12786 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12790 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12791 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12793 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12794 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12795 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12799 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12801 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12803 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12805 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12809 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12813 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12815 struct value_print_options opts
;
12817 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12819 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12821 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12823 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12824 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12825 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12826 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12828 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12829 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12831 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12833 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12834 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12839 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12840 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12846 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12848 printf_filtered (" at ");
12849 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12852 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12854 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12856 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12857 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12858 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12859 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12861 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12862 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12863 real situation somewhat. */
12864 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12865 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12870 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12872 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12874 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12879 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12882 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12884 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12887 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12892 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12896 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12898 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12899 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12900 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12901 xfree (self
->filter
);
12902 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12903 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12906 static struct bp_location
*
12907 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12909 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12911 loc
= new struct bp_location ();
12912 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12917 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12919 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12922 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12923 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12926 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12928 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12932 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12933 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12935 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12939 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12940 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12942 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12944 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12948 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12953 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12957 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12959 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12962 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12966 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12968 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12971 static enum print_stop_action
12972 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12974 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12978 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12979 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12985 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12987 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12991 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12993 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12997 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12998 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12999 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13000 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13002 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13006 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13007 struct linespec_result
*c
,
13009 char *extra_string
,
13010 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13011 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13013 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13014 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
13015 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13016 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13018 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13022 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13023 const struct event_location
*location
,
13024 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13025 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13027 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13030 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13033 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13038 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13041 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13043 /* Nothing to do. */
13046 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13048 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13049 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13050 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13051 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13052 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13053 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13054 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13055 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13056 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13057 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13059 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13060 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13061 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13062 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13063 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13064 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13065 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13066 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13069 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13072 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13074 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13075 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
13077 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13078 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13082 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13086 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13088 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
13090 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
13091 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
13093 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13094 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13096 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13100 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13102 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13103 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13105 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
13109 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13110 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13111 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13113 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13114 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13117 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13121 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13122 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13123 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13130 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13131 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13132 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13134 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13135 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13137 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13138 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13139 be set at the same address. */
13143 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13147 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13149 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13154 static enum print_stop_action
13155 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13157 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13158 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13160 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13162 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13164 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13165 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13167 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13168 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13169 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13172 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13173 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13176 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Temporary breakpoint ");
13178 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Breakpoint ");
13179 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13181 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13182 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13183 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13185 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13186 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13188 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13192 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13194 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13199 case bp_breakpoint
:
13200 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13201 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13202 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13204 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13205 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13206 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13207 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13209 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13210 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13213 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13221 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13223 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13224 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13225 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13226 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13227 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13228 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13229 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13230 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13231 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13233 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13234 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13236 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13237 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13239 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13240 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13241 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13242 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13244 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13248 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13249 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13250 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13252 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13256 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13257 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13259 char *extra_string
,
13260 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13261 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13263 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13264 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13265 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13266 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13268 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13269 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13271 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13272 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13273 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13277 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13278 const struct event_location
*location
,
13279 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13280 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13282 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13285 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13288 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13292 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13293 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13294 case bp_overlay_event
:
13295 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13296 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13297 case bp_exception_master
:
13298 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13301 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13302 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13303 case bp_shlib_event
:
13305 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13306 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13307 case bp_thread_event
:
13313 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13315 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13317 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13318 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13319 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13320 objects (among other things). */
13321 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13322 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13328 static enum print_stop_action
13329 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13331 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13333 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13337 case bp_shlib_event
:
13338 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13339 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13340 to shlib event" message.) */
13341 print_solib_event (0);
13344 case bp_thread_event
:
13345 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13346 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13347 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13350 case bp_overlay_event
:
13351 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13352 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13355 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13356 /* These should never be enabled. */
13357 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13360 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13361 /* These should never be enabled. */
13362 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13363 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13366 case bp_exception_master
:
13367 /* These should never be enabled. */
13368 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13369 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13373 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13377 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13379 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13382 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13385 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13387 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13388 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13389 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13390 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13394 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13396 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13399 static enum print_stop_action
13400 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13402 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13406 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13408 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13411 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13413 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13414 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13417 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13419 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13422 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13424 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13427 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13430 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13432 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13436 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13438 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13439 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13448 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13449 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13451 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13452 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13453 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13457 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13461 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13462 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13463 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13465 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13467 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13468 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13469 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13473 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13474 const struct event_location
*location
,
13475 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13476 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13478 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13480 error (_("probe not found"));
13483 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13486 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13488 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13492 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13493 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13494 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13496 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13502 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13503 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13505 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13506 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13508 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13510 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13511 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13512 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13518 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13525 case bp_tracepoint
:
13526 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13527 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13529 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13530 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13531 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13533 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13534 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13535 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13538 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13539 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13546 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13548 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13550 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13551 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13552 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13553 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13554 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13555 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13557 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13558 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13560 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13561 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13562 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13564 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13565 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13569 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13570 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13571 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13573 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13577 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13578 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13580 char *extra_string
,
13581 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13582 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13584 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13585 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13586 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13587 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13589 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13590 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13592 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13593 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13594 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13598 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13599 const struct event_location
*location
,
13600 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13601 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13603 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13606 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13608 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13612 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13613 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13614 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13615 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13617 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13618 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13622 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13623 const struct event_location
*location
,
13624 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13625 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13627 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13628 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13631 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13633 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13636 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13638 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13640 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13641 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13643 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13644 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13645 3 - disconnect from target 1
13646 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13648 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13649 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13650 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13651 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13652 it all the time. */
13653 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13654 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13657 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13660 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13662 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13663 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13665 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13668 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13671 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13672 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13673 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13674 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13675 address are all handled. */
13678 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13680 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13681 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13682 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13684 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13685 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13686 condition not be evaluated. */
13689 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13690 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13691 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13692 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13693 commands here throws. */
13694 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13695 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13696 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13698 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13700 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13701 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13703 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13706 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13710 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13711 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13712 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13714 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13715 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13717 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13719 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13720 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13722 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13723 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13724 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13725 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13727 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13728 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13732 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13733 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13735 char *extra_string
,
13736 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13737 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13739 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13740 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13741 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13742 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13745 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13746 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13748 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13749 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13750 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13751 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13752 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13753 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13755 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13757 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13758 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13759 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13760 struct event_location
*location
;
13762 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13763 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13765 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13766 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13768 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13769 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13771 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13772 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13773 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13774 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13775 canonical
->special_display
);
13776 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13777 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13778 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13779 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13780 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13781 corresponds to this one */
13782 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13784 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13786 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13791 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13792 const struct event_location
*location
,
13793 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13794 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13796 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13797 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13799 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13800 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13802 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13806 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13809 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13812 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13814 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13817 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13821 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13823 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13825 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13827 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13828 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13831 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13832 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13833 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13834 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13835 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13838 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13839 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13840 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13841 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13843 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13846 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13847 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13848 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13850 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13851 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13853 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13854 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13855 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13856 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13860 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13862 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13863 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13864 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13865 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13866 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13869 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13870 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13871 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13872 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13874 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13876 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13877 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13879 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13880 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13882 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13886 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13888 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13889 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13890 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13891 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13892 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13893 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13894 commands won't work. */
13896 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13898 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13899 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13900 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13901 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13902 might be better design to have location completely
13903 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13904 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13906 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13907 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13908 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13909 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13914 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13916 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13920 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13922 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13925 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13926 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13929 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13930 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13934 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13939 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13941 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13942 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13944 if (next
== related
)
13946 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13947 function (related
, data
);
13949 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13950 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13955 function (related
, data
);
13959 while (related
!= b
);
13963 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13968 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13969 delete_breakpoint. */
13972 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13974 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13978 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13980 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13986 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13988 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13989 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13990 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13991 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13992 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13994 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13998 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14000 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
14002 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14003 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14004 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14008 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14011 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
14012 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
14016 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14018 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14020 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14021 if ((pspace
== NULL
14022 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
14023 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
14024 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14029 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
14030 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
14031 Null names are ignored. */
14034 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14036 struct bp_location
*l
;
14037 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14038 (int (*) (const void *,
14039 const void *)) streq
,
14040 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14042 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14045 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14047 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14051 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14053 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14057 htab_delete (htab
);
14063 htab_delete (htab
);
14067 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14068 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14069 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14070 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14071 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14072 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14073 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14074 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14077 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14078 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14079 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14080 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14081 in the sources, and output a warning.
14083 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14084 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14085 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14086 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14087 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14090 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14091 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14092 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14093 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14094 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14095 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14096 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14097 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14098 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14100 static struct symtab_and_line
14101 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14103 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14104 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14109 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14111 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14113 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14114 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14116 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14118 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14119 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14120 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14125 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14127 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14129 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14130 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14132 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14135 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14137 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14139 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14140 struct symbol
*sym
;
14141 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14142 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14143 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14145 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14147 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14148 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14150 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14151 "found at previous line number"),
14152 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14156 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14158 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14159 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14160 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14163 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14164 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14165 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14167 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14168 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14169 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14171 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14173 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14175 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14178 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14179 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14181 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14182 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14184 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14185 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14186 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14187 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14188 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14189 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14190 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14192 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14195 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14201 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14202 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14205 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14209 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14212 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14215 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14222 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14228 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14229 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14230 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14232 static struct bp_location
*
14233 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14235 struct bp_location head
;
14236 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14237 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14238 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14240 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14251 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14266 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14267 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14268 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14269 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14273 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14274 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14275 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14276 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14279 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14281 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14283 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14285 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14286 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14287 "multiple locations found\n"),
14292 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14293 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14294 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14295 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14296 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14297 individual locations. */
14298 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14301 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14303 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14305 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14307 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14309 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14311 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14313 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14317 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14320 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14321 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14324 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14326 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14327 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14328 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14329 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14334 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14336 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14338 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14342 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14345 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14346 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14347 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14348 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14349 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14350 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14351 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14353 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14355 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14357 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14358 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14360 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14361 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14369 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14370 if (l
->function_name
14371 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14381 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14382 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14385 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14386 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14388 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14389 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14390 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14392 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14393 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14395 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14399 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14401 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14403 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14407 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14408 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14409 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14410 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14411 state, then user already saw the message about that
14412 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14414 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14415 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14417 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14418 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14419 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14420 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14421 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14422 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14424 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14426 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14427 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14428 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14429 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14430 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14431 which approach is better. */
14432 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14433 throw_exception (e
);
14438 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14442 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14443 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14444 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14446 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14449 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14450 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14452 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14454 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14455 b
->thread
= thread
;
14459 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14460 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14462 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14465 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14466 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14476 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14477 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14481 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14484 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14485 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14486 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14487 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14489 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, filter_pspace
, &found
);
14492 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14496 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14498 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
,
14499 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14502 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14503 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14507 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14510 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14511 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14514 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14515 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14516 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14518 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14521 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14522 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14526 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14527 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14529 char *extra_string
,
14530 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14531 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14533 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14534 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14535 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14536 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14538 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14540 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14541 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14542 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14545 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14546 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14549 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14550 const struct event_location
*location
,
14551 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14552 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14554 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14556 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14557 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14558 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14559 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14562 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14563 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14565 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14567 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14569 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14570 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14571 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14573 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14576 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14579 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14581 static struct cleanup
*
14582 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14584 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14585 set_language (b
->language
);
14587 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14590 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14591 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14592 Unused in this case. */
14595 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14597 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14598 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14599 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14601 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14602 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14603 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14607 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14608 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14611 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14613 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14614 enum language save_language
;
14615 int save_input_radix
;
14616 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14618 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14619 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14620 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14622 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14623 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14624 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14625 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14627 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14629 /* Format possible error msg. */
14630 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14632 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14633 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14634 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14636 set_language (save_language
);
14637 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14639 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14641 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14643 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14644 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14645 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14646 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14648 /* Now we can insert. */
14649 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14652 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14654 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14655 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14657 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14659 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14661 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14662 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14664 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14665 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14666 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14668 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14672 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14673 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14674 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14677 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14679 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14684 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14685 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14687 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14689 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14690 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14695 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14699 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14700 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14702 else if (count
== 1)
14703 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14706 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14707 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14710 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14714 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14717 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14720 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14726 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14728 num
= get_number (&p
);
14730 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14732 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14734 set_ignore_count (num
,
14735 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14738 printf_filtered ("\n");
14741 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14742 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14745 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14746 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14751 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14753 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14754 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14756 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14758 while (!parser
.finished ())
14760 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14761 bool match
= false;
14763 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14766 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14770 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14771 if (b
->number
== num
)
14774 function (b
, data
);
14778 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14783 static struct bp_location
*
14784 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14786 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14790 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14791 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14796 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14798 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14800 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14801 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14806 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14807 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14810 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14812 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14816 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14819 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14825 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14826 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14827 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14830 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14832 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14833 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14834 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14835 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14838 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14840 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14841 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14843 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14844 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14846 struct bp_location
*location
;
14848 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14849 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14852 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14854 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14857 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14860 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14862 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14865 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14866 disable_breakpoint. */
14869 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14871 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14875 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14879 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14881 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14882 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14883 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14887 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14891 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14893 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14900 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14902 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14903 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14904 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14905 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14907 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14910 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14911 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14917 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14920 int target_resources_ok
;
14922 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14925 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14926 target_resources_ok
=
14927 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14929 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14930 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14931 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14932 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14935 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14937 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14938 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14942 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14944 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14945 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14946 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14948 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14950 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14951 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14958 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14960 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14961 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14963 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14964 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14966 struct bp_location
*location
;
14968 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14969 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14972 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14973 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14974 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14976 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14981 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14983 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14987 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14989 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14992 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14993 enable_breakpoint. */
14996 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14998 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15001 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
15002 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
15003 in stopping the inferior. */
15006 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15010 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15012 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15013 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
15014 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
15018 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15022 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
15024 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
15031 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
15033 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15034 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15035 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15036 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15038 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15041 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15042 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15047 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15057 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15059 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15061 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15065 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15067 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15069 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15073 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15075 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15079 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15081 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15083 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15087 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15092 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15094 count
= get_number (&args
);
15096 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15100 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15102 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15104 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15108 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15110 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15114 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15119 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15123 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15124 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15128 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15129 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15130 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15132 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15134 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15135 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15136 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15138 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15140 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15142 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15144 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15145 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15146 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15147 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15149 value_free (wp
->val
);
15157 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15160 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15161 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15164 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15165 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15166 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15168 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15170 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15171 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15174 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15176 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15177 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15178 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15180 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15183 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15186 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
15188 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
15189 VEC (CORE_ADDR
) * next_pcs
;
15191 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15193 if (next_pcs
!= NULL
)
15197 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15198 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15200 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
, i
, pc
); i
++)
15201 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15203 VEC_free (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
);
15211 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15214 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15215 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15218 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15220 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15222 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15228 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15232 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15235 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15239 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15240 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15246 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15248 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15250 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15252 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15253 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15257 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15259 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15260 struct event_location
*location
;
15261 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15263 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15264 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15265 if (location
!= NULL
15266 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15267 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15269 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15271 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15273 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15275 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15276 0 /* Ignore count */,
15277 pending_break_support
,
15281 0 /* internal */, 0);
15282 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15286 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15288 struct event_location
*location
;
15289 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15291 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15292 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15293 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15295 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15297 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15298 0 /* Ignore count */,
15299 pending_break_support
,
15300 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15303 0 /* internal */, 0);
15304 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15307 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15310 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15312 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15313 struct event_location
*location
;
15314 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15316 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15317 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15318 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15320 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15321 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15325 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15326 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15329 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15330 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15332 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15334 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15335 0 /* Ignore count */,
15336 pending_break_support
,
15340 0 /* internal */, 0);
15341 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15344 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15345 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15347 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15348 static int next_cmd
;
15351 read_uploaded_action (void)
15355 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15362 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15363 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15364 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15365 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15366 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15368 struct tracepoint
*
15369 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15371 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15372 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15373 struct event_location
*location
;
15374 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15376 if (utp
->at_string
)
15377 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15380 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15381 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15382 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15384 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15385 "source location, using raw address"),
15387 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15388 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15391 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15392 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15393 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15394 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15397 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15398 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15399 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15401 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15402 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15404 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15405 0 /* Ignore count */,
15406 pending_break_support
,
15407 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15409 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15411 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15413 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15417 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15419 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15420 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15421 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15425 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15428 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15431 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15432 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15433 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15435 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15437 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15442 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15444 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15446 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15447 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15448 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15449 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15452 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15453 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15454 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15459 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15463 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15465 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15468 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15470 if (num_printed
== 0)
15472 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15473 ui_out_message (uiout
, "No tracepoints.\n");
15475 ui_out_message (uiout
, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15478 default_collect_info ();
15481 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15482 Not supported by all targets. */
15484 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15486 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15489 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15490 Not supported by all targets. */
15492 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15494 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15497 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15499 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15501 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15507 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15509 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15510 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15511 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15513 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15514 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15516 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15520 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15522 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15524 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15525 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15526 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15530 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15533 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15536 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15538 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15539 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15541 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15542 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15545 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15547 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15548 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15549 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15552 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15554 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15555 unsigned int count
;
15557 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15558 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15559 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15561 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15563 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15564 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15566 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15568 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15570 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15572 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15574 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15575 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15578 else if (*args
== '\0')
15580 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15582 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15586 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15587 while (!parser
.finished ())
15589 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15591 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15596 struct tracepoint
*
15597 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15599 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15601 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15602 if (t
->number
== num
)
15603 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15608 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15609 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15612 struct tracepoint
*
15613 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15615 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15617 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15619 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15621 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15628 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15629 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15630 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15631 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15633 struct tracepoint
*
15634 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15635 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15637 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15639 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15641 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15643 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15644 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15646 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15647 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15649 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15653 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15654 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15657 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15661 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15662 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15664 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15667 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15672 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15674 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15675 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15678 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15680 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15683 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15684 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15685 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15689 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15690 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15692 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15694 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15695 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15696 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15698 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15699 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15701 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15702 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15704 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15705 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15708 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15709 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15714 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15716 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15718 /* We can stop searching. */
15725 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15729 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15730 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15731 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15733 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15734 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15735 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15737 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15738 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15740 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15742 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15743 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15746 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15747 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15750 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15752 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15753 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15756 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15757 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15759 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15760 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15762 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15766 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15769 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15771 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15773 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15774 throw_exception (ex
);
15778 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15779 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15782 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15783 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15785 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15786 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15787 special, and not user visible. */
15788 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15790 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15793 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15795 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15799 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15800 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15803 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15804 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15807 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15810 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15812 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15815 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15818 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15820 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15823 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15825 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15826 all_tracepoints (void)
15828 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15829 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15831 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15833 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15840 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15841 locations used by several commands. */
15843 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15844 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15845 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15846 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15847 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15848 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15850 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15851 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15852 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15854 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15855 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15856 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15857 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15858 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15860 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15861 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15862 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15865 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15866 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15867 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15868 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15869 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15870 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15871 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15874 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15875 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15877 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15878 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15879 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15880 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15881 conditions are different.\n\
15883 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15885 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15886 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15888 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15889 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15892 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15893 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15894 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15895 void *user_data_catch
,
15896 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15898 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15900 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15902 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15903 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15904 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15906 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15908 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15909 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15910 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15914 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15916 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15917 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15918 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15921 struct breakpoint
*
15922 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15925 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15927 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15929 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15936 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15937 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15940 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15942 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15943 non-inline function. */
15944 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15950 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15951 have been inlined. */
15954 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15955 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15957 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15958 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15960 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15962 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15965 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15967 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15968 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15976 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15979 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15981 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15983 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15984 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15985 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15989 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15991 static int initialized
= 0;
15993 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15999 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
16000 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
16001 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
16002 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16003 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16004 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16005 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16006 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16007 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16008 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
16009 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16010 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
16012 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16013 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16014 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16015 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16016 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16017 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16018 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16019 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16021 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16022 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16023 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16024 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16025 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16026 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16027 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16028 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16029 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16030 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16032 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16033 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16034 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16035 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16036 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16037 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16038 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16040 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16041 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16042 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16043 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16044 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16045 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16046 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16048 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16049 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16050 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16051 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16053 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16054 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16055 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16056 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16057 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16058 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16059 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
16062 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16063 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16064 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16065 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16066 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16067 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16068 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16069 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16070 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16071 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16072 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16073 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16074 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16075 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16077 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16078 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16079 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16080 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16081 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16082 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16083 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16084 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16085 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16086 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16087 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16090 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16091 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16092 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16093 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16094 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16095 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16096 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16097 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
16098 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16099 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
16101 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16102 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16103 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16104 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16105 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16107 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16108 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16109 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16110 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16111 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16112 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16114 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16115 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16116 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16117 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16118 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16119 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16120 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16121 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16122 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16123 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16125 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16126 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16127 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16128 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16129 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16130 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16131 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16132 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16133 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16134 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16136 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16137 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16138 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16139 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16140 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16141 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16142 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16143 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16144 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16145 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16146 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16148 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16149 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16150 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16151 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16152 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16153 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16154 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16155 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16156 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16157 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16158 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16159 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16161 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16162 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16163 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16164 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16165 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16166 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16167 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16168 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16169 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16172 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16174 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16177 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16179 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16181 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16183 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16184 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16185 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16187 breakpoint_objfile_key
16188 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16190 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16191 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16192 before a breakpoint is set. */
16193 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16195 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16197 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16198 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16199 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16201 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16202 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16203 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16204 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16205 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16206 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16207 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16208 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16210 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16211 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16212 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16213 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16214 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16216 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16217 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16218 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16219 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16220 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16222 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16223 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16225 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16226 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16227 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16228 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16230 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16231 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16233 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16234 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16235 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16236 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16238 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16239 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16241 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16242 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16243 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16244 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16245 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16246 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16247 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16249 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16251 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16252 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16253 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16254 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16255 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16256 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16258 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16259 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16260 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16263 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16264 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16265 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16268 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16269 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16270 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16271 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16274 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16275 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16276 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16279 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16280 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16281 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16284 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16285 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16286 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16287 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16290 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16291 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16292 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16293 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16294 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16295 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16296 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16297 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16299 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16300 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16301 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16302 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16303 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16304 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16307 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16308 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16309 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16310 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16312 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16313 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16314 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16315 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16316 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16318 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16319 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16320 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16321 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16322 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16325 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16326 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16327 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16329 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16330 is executing in.\n"
16331 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16332 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16333 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16335 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16336 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16337 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16338 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16340 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16341 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16342 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16343 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16347 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16348 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16349 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16350 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16351 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16352 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16353 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16354 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16355 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16356 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16357 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16358 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16359 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16360 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16361 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16362 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16364 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16365 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16366 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16367 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16368 breakpoint set."));
16371 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16372 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16373 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16374 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16375 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16376 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16377 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16378 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16379 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16381 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16382 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16383 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16384 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16385 breakpoint set."));
16387 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16389 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16390 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16391 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16392 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16393 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16394 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16395 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16396 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16397 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16398 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16399 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16400 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16401 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16403 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16404 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16405 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16406 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16408 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16410 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16411 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16412 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16413 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16415 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16416 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16417 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16418 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16420 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16421 catch_fork_command_1
,
16423 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16424 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16425 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16426 catch_fork_command_1
,
16428 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16429 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16430 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16431 catch_exec_command_1
,
16435 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16436 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16437 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16438 catch_load_command_1
,
16442 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16443 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16444 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16445 catch_unload_command_1
,
16450 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16451 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16452 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16453 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16454 an expression changes.\n\
16455 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16456 the memory to which it refers."));
16457 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16459 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16460 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16461 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16462 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16463 an expression is read.\n\
16464 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16465 the memory to which it refers."));
16466 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16468 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16469 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16470 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16471 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16472 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16473 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16474 the memory to which it refers."));
16475 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16477 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16478 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16480 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16481 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16482 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16483 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16484 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16485 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16486 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16487 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16488 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16491 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16492 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16494 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16496 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16498 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16499 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16501 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16502 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16503 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16505 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16506 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16507 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16508 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16510 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16511 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16513 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16514 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16515 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16517 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16518 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16520 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16521 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16522 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16523 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16524 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16525 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16526 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16527 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16528 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16530 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16531 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16532 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16533 conditions are different.\n\
16535 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16536 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16537 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16539 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16540 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16541 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16542 last tracepoint set."));
16544 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16546 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16547 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16548 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16549 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16551 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16553 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16554 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16555 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16556 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16558 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16560 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16561 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16562 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16563 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16565 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16567 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16568 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16569 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16570 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16571 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16573 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16574 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16575 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16576 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16578 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16579 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16580 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16581 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16582 session to restore them."),
16584 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16586 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16587 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16588 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16590 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16592 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16593 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16595 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16596 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16597 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16598 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16599 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16600 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16601 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16602 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16603 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16604 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16605 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16606 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16608 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16609 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16610 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16611 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16612 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16613 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16614 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16615 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16617 show_pending_break_support
,
16618 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16619 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16621 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16623 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16624 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16625 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16626 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16627 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16628 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16629 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16631 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16632 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16633 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16635 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16636 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16637 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16638 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16639 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16640 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16641 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16642 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16643 when execution stops."),
16645 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16646 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16647 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16649 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16650 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16651 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16652 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16653 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16654 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16655 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16656 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16657 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16658 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16659 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16660 be set to \"gdb\""),
16661 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16662 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16663 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16664 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16666 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16667 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16668 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16669 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16670 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16671 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16672 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16673 or the start of the range\n\
16674 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16675 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16676 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16678 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16679 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16680 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16682 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16683 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16684 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16685 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16686 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16687 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16689 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16690 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16691 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16692 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16693 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16694 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16695 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16696 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16697 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16698 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16699 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16700 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16702 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16703 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16704 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16705 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16706 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16707 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16708 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16710 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16711 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16712 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16713 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16714 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16715 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16716 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16718 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16719 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16720 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16721 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16722 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16723 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16726 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16728 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16729 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16730 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16732 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16734 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16735 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);